“Now this is what you are to do to consecrate Aaron and his sons to serve Me as priests: Take a young bull and two rams without blemish,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְזֶ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזֶ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zeh
                
                
                     [“] Now this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zeh
         [“] Now this 
    
 
        
            הַדָּבָ֜ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּבָ֜ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶֽׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶֽׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         is what 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     you are to do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         you are to do 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         
    
 
        
            לְקַדֵּ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקַדֵּ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qad·dêš
                
                
                     to consecrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qad·dêš
         to consecrate 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     [Aaron and his sons] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         [Aaron and his sons] 
    
 
        
            לְכַהֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכַהֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵa·hên
                
                
                     to serve Me as priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act as a priest, minister in a priest's office <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to minister as a priest, serve as a priest <BR> 1a2) to be or become a priest <BR> 1a3) to play the priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵa·hên
         to serve Me as priests 
    
 
        
            לִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         : 
    
 
        
            לְ֠קַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְ֠קַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qaḥ
                
                
                     Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qaḥ
         Take 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֧ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֧ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     a 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         a 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     young 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         young 
    
 
        
            בָּקָ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּקָ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·qār
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1241 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cattle, herd, oxen, ox <BR> 1a) cattle (generic pl. but sing. in form-coll) <BR> 1b) herd (particular one) <BR> 1c) head of cattle (individually) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·qār
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par
                
                
                     bull 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par
         bull 
    
 
        
            שְׁנַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·na·yim
                
                
                     and two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - md 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·na·yim
         and two 
    
 
        
            וְאֵילִ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵילִ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ê·lim
                
                
                     rams 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ê·lim
         rams 
    
 
        
            תְּמִימִֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּמִימִֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·mî·mim
                
                
                     without blemish , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) complete, whole, entire, sound <BR> 1a) complete, whole, entire <BR> 1b) whole, sound, healthful <BR> 1c) complete, entire (of time) <BR> 1d) sound, wholesome, unimpaired, innocent, having integrity <BR> 1e) what is complete or entirely in accord with truth and fact (neuter adj/subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·mî·mim
         without blemish , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            along with unleavened bread, unleavened cakes mixed with oil, and unleavened wafers anointed with oil. Make them out of fine wheat flour,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַצּ֗וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַצּ֗וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṣ·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     along with unleavened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4682 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) unleavened (bread, cake), without leaven. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṣ·ṣō·wṯ
         along with unleavened 
    
 
        
            וְלֶ֣חֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֶ֣חֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·le·ḥem
                
                
                     bread , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bread, food, grain <BR> 1a) bread <BR> 1a1) bread <BR> 1a2) bread-corn <BR> 1b) food (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·le·ḥem
         bread , 
    
 
        
            מַצֹּת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַצֹּת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṣ·ṣōṯ
                
                
                     unleavened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4682 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) unleavened (bread, cake), without leaven. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṣ·ṣōṯ
         unleavened 
    
 
        
            וְחַלֹּ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַלֹּ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥal·lōṯ
                
                
                     cakes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cake, cake (if pierced) (probably perforated) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥal·lōṯ
         cakes 
    
 
        
            בְּלוּלֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּלוּלֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·lū·lōṯ
                
                
                     mixed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to mix, mingle, confuse, confound <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to mingle, confuse <BR> 1a2) to mix <BR> 1a3) to give provender, feed (animals) <BR> 1b) (Hithpoel) to mix oneself (among others) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to fade away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·lū·lōṯ
         mixed 
    
 
        
            בַּשֶּׁ֔מֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּשֶּׁ֔מֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baš·še·men
                
                
                     with oil , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat, oil <BR> 1a) fat, fatness <BR> 1b) oil, olive oil <BR> 1b1) as staple, medicament or unguent <BR> 1b2) for anointing <BR> 1c) fat (of fruitful land, valleys) (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baš·še·men
         with oil , 
    
 
        
            מַצּ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַצּ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṣ·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     and unleavened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4682 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) unleavened (bread, cake), without leaven. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṣ·ṣō·wṯ
         and unleavened 
    
 
        
            וּרְקִיקֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְקִיקֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·qî·qê
                
                
                     wafers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7550 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thin cake, wafer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·qî·qê
         wafers 
    
 
        
            מְשֻׁחִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשֻׁחִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šu·ḥîm
                
                
                     anointed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4886 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to smear, anoint, spread a liquid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to smear <BR> 1a2) to anoint (as consecration) <BR> 1a3) to anoint, consecrate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be anointed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šu·ḥîm
         anointed 
    
 
        
            בַּשָּׁ֑מֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּשָּׁ֑מֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baš·šā·men
                
                
                     with oil . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat, oil <BR> 1a) fat, fatness <BR> 1b) oil, olive oil <BR> 1b1) as staple, medicament or unguent <BR> 1b2) for anointing <BR> 1c) fat (of fruitful land, valleys) (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baš·šā·men
         with oil . 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         Make 
    
 
        
            אֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            חִטִּ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חִטִּ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥiṭ·ṭîm
                
                
                     out of fine wheat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wheat <BR> 1a) wheat (plant) <BR> 1b) wheat flour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥiṭ·ṭîm
         out of fine wheat 
    
 
        
            סֹ֥לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סֹ֥לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·leṯ
                
                
                     flour , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fine flour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·leṯ
         flour , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            put them in a basket, and present them in the basket, along with the bull and the two rams.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         put 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     a 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         a 
    
 
        
            סַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sal
                
                
                     basket , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5536 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) basket 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sal
         basket , 
    
 
        
            וְהִקְרַבְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִקְרַבְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiq·raḇ·tā
                
                
                     and present 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiq·raḇ·tā
         and present 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            בַּסָּ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּסָּ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bas·sāl
                
                
                     in the basket , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5536 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) basket 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bas·sāl
         in the basket , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶ֨ת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶ֨ת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַפָּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפָּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pār
                
                
                     along with the bull 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pār
         along with the bull 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     and the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         and the two 
    
 
        
            הָאֵילִֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵילִֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·lim
                
                
                     rams . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·lim
         rams . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then present Aaron and his sons at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting and wash them with water.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         Then 
    
 
        
            תַּקְרִ֔יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּקְרִ֔יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taq·rîḇ
                
                
                     present 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taq·rîḇ
         present 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בָּנָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         at 
    
 
        
            פֶּ֖תַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֶּ֖תַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pe·ṯaḥ
                
                
                     the entrance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) opening, doorway, entrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pe·ṯaḥ
         the entrance 
    
 
        
            אֹ֣הֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֣הֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel
                
                
                     to the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel
         to the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting 
    
 
        
            וְרָחַצְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרָחַצְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rā·ḥaṣ·tā
                
                
                     and wash 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7364 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to wash, wash off, wash away, bathe <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to wash, wash off, wash away <BR> 1a2) to wash, bathe (oneself)<BR> 1b) (Pual) to be washed <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to wash oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rā·ḥaṣ·tā
         and wash 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            בַּמָּֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמָּֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·mā·yim
                
                
                     with water . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·mā·yim
         with water . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Take the garments and clothe Aaron with the tunic, the robe of the ephod, the ephod itself, and the breastplate. Fasten the ephod on him with its woven waistband.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Take 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַבְּגָדִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבְּגָדִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bə·ḡā·ḏîm
                
                
                     the garments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bə·ḡā·ḏîm
         the garments 
    
 
        
            וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hil·baš·tā
                
                
                     and clothe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3847 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dress, wear, clothe, put on clothing, be clothed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put on clothes, be clothed, wear <BR> 1a2) to put on, be clothed with (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be fully clothed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to clothe, array with, dress 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hil·baš·tā
         and clothe 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַכֻּתֹּ֔נֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֻּתֹּ֔נֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kut·tō·neṯ
                
                
                     with the tunic , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tunic, under-garment<BR> 1a) a long shirt-like garment usually of linen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kut·tō·neṯ
         with the tunic , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            מְעִ֣יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְעִ֣יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·‘îl
                
                
                     the robe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4598 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) robe <BR> 1a) a garment worn over a tunic by men of rank <BR> 1b) a long garment worn by David's daughters <BR> 1c) a garment of the high priest <BR> 1d) (fig.) of attributes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·‘îl
         the robe 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֹ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֹ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     of the ephod , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         of the ephod , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֹ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֹ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     the ephod itself , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         the ephod itself , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַחֹ֑שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹ֑שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     and the breastplate . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šen
         and the breastplate . 
    
 
        
            וְאָפַדְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָפַדְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·p̄aḏ·tā
                
                
                     Fasten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        640 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) bind, gird <BR> 1a) to gird on (ephod) <BR> 1b) (TWOT) ephod 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·p̄aḏ·tā
         Fasten 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֹֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֹֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         the ephod 
    
 
        
            ל֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     on him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         on him 
    
 
        
            בְּחֵ֖שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֵ֖שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥê·šeḇ
                
                
                     with its woven waistband . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2805 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) girdle, band, ingenious work <BR> 1a) ingenious work-the name of the girdle or band of the ephod 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥê·šeḇ
         with its woven waistband . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Put the turban on his head and attach the holy diadem to the turban.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשַׂמְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשַׂמְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śam·tā
                
                
                     Put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śam·tā
         Put 
    
 
        
            הַמִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miṣ·ne·p̄eṯ
                
                
                     the turban 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) turban (of the high priest) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miṣ·ne·p̄eṯ
         the turban 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            רֹאשׁ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹאשׁ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rō·šōw
                
                
                     his head 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rō·šōw
         his head 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֛ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֛ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     and attach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         and attach 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַקֹּ֖דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקֹּ֖דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     the holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qō·ḏeš
         the holy 
    
 
        
            נֵ֥זֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֵ֥זֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nê·zer
                
                
                     diadem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) consecration, crown, separation, Nazariteship <BR> 1a) crown (as sign of consecration), earring <BR> 1a1) stones of a crown, diadem, stones of charming <BR> 1b) woman's hair <BR> 1c) consecration <BR> 1c1) of high priest <BR> 1c2) of Nazarite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nê·zer
         diadem 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            הַמִּצְנָֽפֶת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּצְנָֽפֶת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miṣ·nā·p̄eṯ
                
                
                     the turban . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) turban (of the high priest) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miṣ·nā·p̄eṯ
         the turban . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then take the anointing oil and anoint him by pouring it on his head.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָֽקַחְתָּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽקַחְתָּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Then take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Then take 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁחָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁחָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·ḥāh
                
                
                     the anointing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4888 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) consecrated portion, anointing oil, portion, ointment, anointing portion <BR> 1a) ointment (used to consecrate by anointing) <BR> 1b) anointing portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·ḥāh
         the anointing 
    
 
        
            שֶׁ֣מֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁ֣מֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    še·men
                
                
                     oil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat, oil <BR> 1a) fat, fatness <BR> 1b) oil, olive oil <BR> 1b1) as staple, medicament or unguent <BR> 1b2) for anointing <BR> 1c) fat (of fruitful land, valleys) (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        še·men
         oil 
    
 
        
            וּמָשַׁחְתָּ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָשַׁחְתָּ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·šaḥ·tā
                
                
                     and anoint him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4886 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to smear, anoint, spread a liquid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to smear <BR> 1a2) to anoint (as consecration) <BR> 1a3) to anoint, consecrate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be anointed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·šaḥ·tā
         and anoint him 
    
 
        
            וְיָצַקְתָּ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָצַקְתָּ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ṣaq·tā
                
                
                     by pouring 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3332 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pour, flow, cast, pour out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pour, pour out <BR> 1a2) to cast <BR> 1a3) to flow <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to pour, pour out <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be poured <BR> 1c2) cast, molten (participle) <BR> 1c3) being firmly established (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ṣaq·tā
         by pouring 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     it on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         it on 
    
 
        
            רֹאשׁ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹאשׁ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rō·šōw
                
                
                     his head 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rō·šōw
         his head 
    
 
        
            אֹתֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Present his sons as well and clothe them with tunics.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תַּקְרִ֑יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּקְרִ֑יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taq·rîḇ
                
                
                     Present 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taq·rîḇ
         Present 
    
 
        
            בָּנָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         his sons 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     as well 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         as well 
    
 
        
            וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hil·baš·tām
                
                
                     and clothe them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3847 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dress, wear, clothe, put on clothing, be clothed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put on clothes, be clothed, wear <BR> 1a2) to put on, be clothed with (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be fully clothed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to clothe, array with, dress 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hil·baš·tām
         and clothe them 
    
 
        
            כֻּתֳּנֹֽת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֻּתֳּנֹֽת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kut·to·nōṯ
                
                
                     with tunics . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tunic, under-garment<BR> 1a) a long shirt-like garment usually of linen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kut·to·nōṯ
         with tunics . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Wrap the sashes around Aaron and his sons and tie headbands on them. The priesthood shall be theirs by a permanent statute. In this way you are to ordain Aaron and his sons.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְחָגַרְתָּ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחָגַרְתָּ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥā·ḡar·tā
                
                
                     Wrap 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2296 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gird, gird on, gird oneself, put on a belt <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to gird <BR> 1a2) to gird on, bind on <BR> 1a3) to gird oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥā·ḡar·tā
         Wrap 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            אַבְנֵ֜ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַבְנֵ֜ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḇ·nêṭ
                
                
                     the sashes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        73 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) girdle, sash, waistband <BR> 1a) of high priest <BR> 1b) of other priests <BR> 1c) of high official 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḇ·nêṭ
         the sashes 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     around Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         around Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּבָנָ֗יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָנָ֗יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            וְחָבַשְׁתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחָבַשְׁתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥā·ḇaš·tā
                
                
                     and tie 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2280 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tie, bind, bind on, bind up, saddle, restrain, bandage, govern<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to bind, bind on <BR> 1a2) to bind up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to bind, restrain <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be bound up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥā·ḇaš·tā
         and tie 
    
 
        
            מִגְבָּעֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְבָּעֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·bā·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     headbands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4021 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) turban, head-gear 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·bā·‘ōṯ
         headbands 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     on them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         on them . 
    
 
        
            כְּהֻנָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּהֻנָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·hun·nāh
                
                
                     The priesthood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3550 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priesthood 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·hun·nāh
         The priesthood 
    
 
        
            וְהָיְתָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיְתָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     shall be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yə·ṯāh
         shall be 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     theirs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         theirs 
    
 
        
            עוֹלָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹלָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     by a permanent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·w·lām
         by a permanent 
    
 
        
            לְחֻקַּ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחֻקַּ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥuq·qaṯ
                
                
                     statute . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2708 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, enactment, something prescribed <BR> 1a) statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥuq·qaṯ
         statute . 
    
 
        
            וּמִלֵּאתָ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלֵּאתָ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·lê·ṯā
                
                
                     In this way you are to ordain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·lê·ṯā
         In this way you are to ordain 
    
 
        
            יַֽד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַֽד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            וְיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yaḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בָּנָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         and his sons . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are to present the bull at the front of the Tent of Meeting, and Aaron and his sons are to lay their hands on its head.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהִקְרַבְתָּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִקְרַבְתָּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiq·raḇ·tā
                
                
                     You are to present 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiq·raḇ·tā
         You are to present 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַפָּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפָּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pār
                
                
                     the bull 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pār
         the bull 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     at the front 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         at the front 
    
 
        
            אֹ֣הֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֣הֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel
                
                
                     of the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel
         of the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting , 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֧ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֧ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     and Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         and Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּבָנָ֛יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָנָ֛יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְסָמַ֨ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְסָמַ֨ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·sā·maḵ
                
                
                     are to lay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5564 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lean, lay, rest, support, put, uphold, lean upon <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lean or lay upon, rest upon, lean against <BR> 1a2) to support, uphold, sustain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to support or brace oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to sustain, refresh, revive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·sā·maḵ
         are to lay 
    
 
        
            יְדֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏê·hem
                
                
                     their hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏê·hem
         their hands 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הַפָּֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפָּֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pār
                
                
                     [its] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pār
         [its] 
    
 
        
            רֹ֥אשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹ֥אשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rōš
                
                
                     head . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rōš
         head . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And you shall slaughter the bull before the LORD at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשָׁחַטְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁחַטְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·ḥaṭ·tā
                
                
                     And you shall slaughter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7819 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to kill, slaughter, beat <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter <BR> 1a1a) beast for food <BR> 1a1b) sacrifice <BR> 1a1c) person in human sacrifice <BR> 1a1d) beaten, hammered (of shekels) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be slaughtered, be slain (of food or sacrifice) <BR> n f <BR> 2) (BDB) slaughtering <BR> 2a) word doubtful 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·ḥaṭ·tā
         And you shall slaughter 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַפָּ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפָּ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pār
                
                
                     the bull 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pār
         the bull 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            פֶּ֖תַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֶּ֖תַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pe·ṯaḥ
                
                
                     at the entrance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) opening, doorway, entrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pe·ṯaḥ
         at the entrance 
    
 
        
            אֹ֥הֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֥הֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel
                
                
                     to the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel
         to the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Take some of the blood of the bull and put it on the horns of the altar with your finger; then pour out the rest of the blood at the base of the altar.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָֽקַחְתָּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽקַחְתָּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Take some 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Take some 
    
 
        
            מִדַּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִדַּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mid·dam
                
                
                     of the blood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mid·dam
         of the blood 
    
 
        
            הַפָּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפָּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pār
                
                
                     of the bull 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pār
         of the bull 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
                
                
                     and put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
         and put 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     [it] on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         [it] on 
    
 
        
            קַרְנֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְנֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·nōṯ
                
                
                     the horns 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7161 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) horn <BR> 1a) horn <BR> 1b) of strength (fig) <BR> 1c) flask (container for oil) <BR> 1d) horn (as musical instrument) <BR> 1e) horn (of horn-like projections on the altar) <BR> 1f) of rays of light <BR> 1g) hill <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) (BDB) a place conquered by Israel probably in Bashan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·nōṯ
         the horns 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     of the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         of the altar 
    
 
        
            בְּאֶצְבָּעֶ֑ךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֶצְבָּעֶ֑ךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’eṣ·bā·‘e·ḵā
                
                
                     with your finger ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) finger, toe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’eṣ·bā·‘e·ḵā
         with your finger ; 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תִּשְׁפֹּ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּשְׁפֹּ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiš·pōḵ
                
                
                     then pour out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8210 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pour, pour out, spill <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pour, pour out <BR> 1a2) to shed (blood) <BR> 1a3) to pour out (anger or heart) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be poured out, be shed <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be poured out, be shed <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to be poured out <BR> 1d2) to pour out oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiš·pōḵ
         then pour out 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the rest 
    
 
        
            הַדָּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dām
                
                
                     of the blood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dām
         of the blood 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         at 
    
 
        
            יְס֖וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְס֖וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·sō·wḏ
                
                
                     the base 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3247 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foundation, base <BR> 1a) foundation <BR> 1b) base, bottom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·sō·wḏ
         the base 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     of the altar . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         of the altar . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Take all the fat that covers the entrails and the lobe of the liver, and both kidneys with the fat on them, and burn them on the altar.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָֽקַחְתָּ֗ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽקַחְתָּ֗ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Take 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            הַחֵלֶב֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֵלֶב֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥê·leḇ
                
                
                     the fat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat <BR> 1a) fat (of humans) <BR> 1b) fat (of beasts)<BR> 1c) choicest, best part, abundance (of products of the land) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥê·leḇ
         the fat 
    
 
        
            הַֽמְכַסֶּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמְכַסֶּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ḵas·seh
                
                
                     that covers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, conceal, hide <BR> 1a) (Qal) conceal, covered (participle)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be covered <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cover, clothe <BR> 1c2) to cover, conceal <BR> 1c3) to cover (for protection) <BR> 1c4) to cover over, spread over <BR> 1c5) to cover, overwhelm <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be covered <BR> 1d2) to be clothed <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to cover oneself, clothe oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ḵas·seh
         that covers 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַקֶּרֶב֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקֶּרֶב֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qe·reḇ
                
                
                     the entrails 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, among, inner part, middle <BR> 1a) inward part <BR> 1a1) physical sense <BR> 1a2) as seat of thought and emotion <BR> 1a3) as faculty of thought and emotion <BR> 1b) in the midst, among, from among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1c) entrails (of sacrificial animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qe·reḇ
         the entrails 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         and 
    
 
        
            הַיֹּתֶ֙רֶת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיֹּתֶ֙רֶת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·ṯe·reṯ
                
                
                     the lobe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3508 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appendage, overhang, protrusion, the caudate lobe of the liver of a sacrificial animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·ṯe·reṯ
         the lobe 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         of 
    
 
        
            הַכָּבֵ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכָּבֵ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kā·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     the liver , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3516 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the liver <BR> 1a) the liver (as the heaviest organ) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kā·ḇêḏ
         the liver , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     and both 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         and both 
    
 
        
            הַכְּלָיֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכְּלָיֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·lā·yōṯ
                
                
                     kidneys 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kidneys <BR> 1a) of physical organ (lit.) <BR> 1b) of seat of emotion and affection (fig.) <BR> 1c) of sacrificial animals <BR> 2) (TWOT) reins 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·lā·yōṯ
         kidneys 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַחֵ֖לֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֵ֖לֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥê·leḇ
                
                
                     with the fat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat <BR> 1a) fat (of humans) <BR> 1b) fat (of beasts)<BR> 1c) choicest, best part, abundance (of products of the land) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥê·leḇ
         with the fat 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hen
                
                
                     on them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hen
         on them , 
    
 
        
            וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiq·ṭar·tā
                
                
                     and burn them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6999 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to sacrifice, burn incense, burn sacrifices, make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1a2) to sacrifice <BR> 1b) (Pual) to smoke a sacrifice <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1c2) to cause incense to smoke, offer incense <BR> 1c3) to make smoke upon <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to smoke <BR> n m <BR> 2) incense <BR> n f <BR> 3) incense-altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiq·ṭar·tā
         and burn them 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּֽחָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּֽחָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·ḥāh
                
                
                     on the altar . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·ḥāh
         on the altar . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But burn the flesh of the bull and its hide and dung outside the camp; it is a sin offering.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     But 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         But 
    
 
        
            תִּשְׂרֹ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּשְׂרֹ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiś·rōp̄
                
                
                     burn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8313 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to burn <BR> 1a) (Qal) to burn <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be burned <BR> 1c) (Piel) burner, burning (participle) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be burnt up, be burned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiś·rōp̄
         burn 
    
 
        
            בָּאֵ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאֵ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’êš
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’êš
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּשַׂ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשַׂ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·śar
                
                
                     the flesh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·śar
         the flesh 
    
 
        
            הַפָּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפָּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pār
                
                
                     of the bull 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pār
         of the bull 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         and 
    
 
        
            עֹר֣וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹר֣וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·rōw
                
                
                     its hide 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5785 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) skin, hide <BR> 1a) skin (of men) <BR> 1b) hide (of animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·rōw
         its hide 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            פִּרְשׁ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּרְשׁ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pir·šōw
                
                
                     and dung 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6569 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) faecal matter, dung, offal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pir·šōw
         and dung 
    
 
        
            מִח֖וּץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִח֖וּץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mi·ḥūṣ
                
                
                     outside 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2351 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) outside, outward, street, the outside 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mi·ḥūṣ
         outside 
    
 
        
            לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·ma·ḥă·neh
                
                
                     the camp ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·ma·ḥă·neh
         the camp ; 
    
 
        
            הֽוּא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֽוּא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     it [is] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         it [is] 
    
 
        
            חַטָּ֖את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַטָּ֖את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaṭ·ṭāṯ
                
                
                     a sin offering . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sin, sinful<BR> 2) sin, sin offering <BR> 2a) sin <BR> 2b) condition of sin, guilt of sin <BR> 2c) punishment for sin <BR> 2d) sin-offering <BR> 2e) purification from sins of ceremonial uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaṭ·ṭāṯ
         a sin offering . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Take one of the rams, and Aaron and his sons shall lay their hands on its head.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְדֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏê·hem
                
                
                     their hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏê·hem
         their hands 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽיִל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽיִל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·yil
                
                
                     [its] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·yil
         [its] 
    
 
        
            רֹ֥אשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹ֥אשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rōš
                
                
                     head . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rōš
         head . 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תִּקָּ֑ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּקָּ֑ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiq·qāḥ
                
                
                     Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiq·qāḥ
         Take 
    
 
        
            הָאֶחָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶחָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            הָאַ֥יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאַ֥יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’a·yil
                
                
                     of the rams , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’a·yil
         of the rams , 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֧ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֧ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     and Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         and Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּבָנָ֛יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָנָ֛יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְסָ֨מְכ֜וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְסָ֨מְכ֜וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·sā·mə·ḵū
                
                
                     shall lay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5564 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lean, lay, rest, support, put, uphold, lean upon <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lean or lay upon, rest upon, lean against <BR> 1a2) to support, uphold, sustain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to support or brace oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to sustain, refresh, revive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·sā·mə·ḵū
         shall lay 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are to slaughter the ram, take its blood, and splatter it on all sides of the altar.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשָׁחַטְתָּ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁחַטְתָּ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·ḥaṭ·tā
                
                
                     You are to slaughter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7819 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to kill, slaughter, beat <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter <BR> 1a1a) beast for food <BR> 1a1b) sacrifice <BR> 1a1c) person in human sacrifice <BR> 1a1d) beaten, hammered (of shekels) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be slaughtered, be slain (of food or sacrifice) <BR> n f <BR> 2) (BDB) slaughtering <BR> 2a) word doubtful 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·ḥaṭ·tā
         You are to slaughter 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·yil
                
                
                     the ram , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·yil
         the ram , 
    
 
        
            וְלָֽקַחְתָּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽקַחְתָּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         take 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            דָּמ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּמ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·mōw
                
                
                     its blood , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·mōw
         its blood , 
    
 
        
            וְזָרַקְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזָרַקְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zā·raq·tā
                
                
                     and sprinkle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to scatter, sprinkle, toss, throw, scatter abundantly, strew <BR> 1a) (Qal) to scatter, sprinkle, toss <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be sprinkled 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zā·raq·tā
         and sprinkle 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     it on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         it on 
    
 
        
            סָבִֽיב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִֽיב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     all sides 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         all sides 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     of the altar . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         of the altar . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Cut the ram into pieces, wash the entrails and legs, and place them with its head and other pieces.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶ֨ת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶ֨ת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תְּנַתֵּ֖חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּנַתֵּ֖חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·nat·tê·aḥ
                
                
                     Cut 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5408 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut up, cut in pieces, divide <BR> 1a) (Piel) to cut up, cut in pieces, divide by joints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·nat·tê·aḥ
         Cut 
    
 
        
            הָאַ֔יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאַ֔יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’a·yil
                
                
                     the ram 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’a·yil
         the ram 
    
 
        
            לִנְתָחָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִנְתָחָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lin·ṯā·ḥāw
                
                
                     into pieces , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5409 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) piece, a piece of flesh or meat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lin·ṯā·ḥāw
         into pieces , 
    
 
        
            וְרָחַצְתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרָחַצְתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rā·ḥaṣ·tā
                
                
                     wash 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7364 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to wash, wash off, wash away, bathe <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to wash, wash off, wash away <BR> 1a2) to wash, bathe (oneself)<BR> 1b) (Pual) to be washed <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to wash oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rā·ḥaṣ·tā
         wash 
    
 
        
            קִרְבּוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִרְבּוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qir·bōw
                
                
                     the entrails 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, among, inner part, middle <BR> 1a) inward part <BR> 1a1) physical sense <BR> 1a2) as seat of thought and emotion <BR> 1a3) as faculty of thought and emotion <BR> 1b) in the midst, among, from among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1c) entrails (of sacrificial animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qir·bōw
         the entrails 
    
 
        
            וּכְרָעָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְרָעָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·rā·‘āw
                
                
                     and legs , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3767 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) leg 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·rā·‘āw
         and legs , 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     and place them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         and place them 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         with 
    
 
        
            רֹאשֽׁוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹאשֽׁוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rō·šōw
                
                
                     its head 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rō·šōw
         its head 
    
 
        
            נְתָחָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְתָחָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ṯā·ḥāw
                
                
                     and other pieces 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5409 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) piece, a piece of flesh or meat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ṯā·ḥāw
         and other pieces 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then burn the entire ram on the altar; it is a burnt offering to the LORD, a pleasing aroma, a food offering to the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiq·ṭar·tā
                
                
                     Then burn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6999 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to sacrifice, burn incense, burn sacrifices, make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1a2) to sacrifice <BR> 1b) (Pual) to smoke a sacrifice <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1c2) to cause incense to smoke, offer incense <BR> 1c3) to make smoke upon <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to smoke <BR> n m <BR> 2) incense <BR> n f <BR> 3) incense-altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiq·ṭar·tā
         Then burn 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the entire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the entire 
    
 
        
            הָאַ֙יִל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאַ֙יִל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’a·yil
                
                
                     ram 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’a·yil
         ram 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·ḥāh
                
                
                     on the altar ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·ḥāh
         on the altar ; 
    
 
        
            ה֖וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֖וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         it 
    
 
        
            עֹלָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹלָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·lāh
                
                
                     is a burnt offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5930 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) whole burnt offering <BR> 2) ascent, stairway, steps 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·lāh
         is a burnt offering 
    
 
        
            לַֽיהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽיהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     to the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         to the LORD , 
    
 
        
            הֽוּא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֽוּא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         - 
    
 
        
            נִיח֔וֹחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִיח֔וֹחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nî·ḥō·w·aḥ
                
                
                     a pleasing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5207 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) soothing, quieting, tranquillising 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nî·ḥō·w·aḥ
         a pleasing 
    
 
        
            רֵ֣יחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵ֣יחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·aḥ
                
                
                     aroma , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7381 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scent, fragrance, aroma, odour <BR> 1a) scent, odour <BR> 1b) odour of soothing (technical term for sacrifice to God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·aḥ
         aroma , 
    
 
        
            אִשֶּׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִשֶּׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’iš·šeh
                
                
                     an offering made by fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) burnt-offering, offering made by fire, fire offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’iš·šeh
         an offering made by fire 
    
 
        
            לַיהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     to the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         to the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Take the second ram, and Aaron and his sons are to lay their hands on its head.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָ֣קַחְתָּ֔ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָ֣קַחְתָּ֔ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Take 
    
 
        
            אֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nî
                
                
                     the second 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nî
         the second 
    
 
        
            הָאַ֣יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאַ֣יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’a·yil
                
                
                     ram , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’a·yil
         ram , 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֧ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֧ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     and Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         and Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּבָנָ֛יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָנָ֛יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְסָמַ֨ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְסָמַ֨ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·sā·maḵ
                
                
                     are to lay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5564 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lean, lay, rest, support, put, uphold, lean upon <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lean or lay upon, rest upon, lean against <BR> 1a2) to support, uphold, sustain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to support or brace oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to sustain, refresh, revive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·sā·maḵ
         are to lay 
    
 
        
            יְדֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏê·hem
                
                
                     their hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏê·hem
         their hands 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽיִל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽיִל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·yil
                
                
                     [its] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·yil
         [its] 
    
 
        
            רֹ֥אשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹ֥אשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rōš
                
                
                     head . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rōš
         head . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Slaughter the ram, take some of its blood, and put it on the right earlobes of Aaron and his sons, on the thumbs of their right hands, and on the big toes of their right feet. Splatter the remaining blood on all sides of the altar.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשָׁחַטְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁחַטְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·ḥaṭ·tā
                
                
                     Slaughter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7819 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to kill, slaughter, beat <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter <BR> 1a1a) beast for food <BR> 1a1b) sacrifice <BR> 1a1c) person in human sacrifice <BR> 1a1d) beaten, hammered (of shekels) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be slaughtered, be slain (of food or sacrifice) <BR> n f <BR> 2) (BDB) slaughtering <BR> 2a) word doubtful 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·ḥaṭ·tā
         Slaughter 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאַ֗יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאַ֗יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’a·yil
                
                
                     the ram , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’a·yil
         the ram , 
    
 
        
            וְלָקַחְתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקַחְתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         take 
    
 
        
            מִדָּמוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִדָּמוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mid·dā·mōw
                
                
                     some of its blood , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mid·dā·mōw
         some of its blood , 
    
 
        
            וְנָֽתַתָּ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָֽתַתָּ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
                
                
                     and put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
         and put 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     it on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         it on 
    
 
        
            תְּנוּךְ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּנוּךְ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·nūḵ
                
                
                     the right earlobes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tip, lobe (of ear) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·nūḵ
         the right earlobes 
    
 
        
            אֹ֨זֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֨זֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·zen
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        241 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ear, as part of the body <BR> 2) ear, as organ of hearing <BR> 3) (subjective) to uncover the ear to reveal; the receiver of divine revelation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·zen
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         and 
    
 
        
            בָּנָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         his sons 
    
 
        
            הַיְמָנִ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְמָנִ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·mā·nîṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·mā·nîṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            תְּנ֨וּךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּנ֨וּךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·nūḵ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tip, lobe (of ear) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·nūḵ
         - 
    
 
        
            אֹ֤זֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֤זֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·zen
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        241 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ear, as part of the body <BR> 2) ear, as organ of hearing <BR> 3) (subjective) to uncover the ear to reveal; the receiver of divine revelation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·zen
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            בֹּ֤הֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹּ֤הֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bō·hen
                
                
                     the thumbs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thumb, great (big) toe (always used of both together) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bō·hen
         the thumbs 
    
 
        
            הַיְמָנִ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְמָנִ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·mā·nîṯ
                
                
                     of their right 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·mā·nîṯ
         of their right 
    
 
        
            יָדָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏām
                
                
                     hands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏām
         hands , 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     and on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         and on 
    
 
        
            בֹּ֥הֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹּ֥הֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bō·hen
                
                
                     the big toes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thumb, great (big) toe (always used of both together) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bō·hen
         the big toes 
    
 
        
            הַיְמָנִ֑ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְמָנִ֑ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·mā·nîṯ
                
                
                     of their right 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·mā·nîṯ
         of their right 
    
 
        
            רַגְלָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lām
                
                
                     feet . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lām
         feet . 
    
 
        
            וְזָרַקְתָּ֧ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזָרַקְתָּ֧ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zā·raq·tā
                
                
                     Sprinkle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to scatter, sprinkle, toss, throw, scatter abundantly, strew <BR> 1a) (Qal) to scatter, sprinkle, toss <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be sprinkled 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zā·raq·tā
         Sprinkle 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַדָּ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dām
                
                
                     the remaining blood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dām
         the remaining blood 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            סָבִֽיב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִֽיב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     all sides 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         all sides 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     of the altar . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         of the altar . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And take some of the blood on the altar and some of the anointing oil and sprinkle it on Aaron and his garments, as well as on his sons and their garments. Then he and his garments will be consecrated, as well as his sons and their garments.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָקַחְתָּ֞ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקַחְתָּ֞ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     And take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         And take 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     some of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         some of 
    
 
        
            הַדָּ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dām
                
                
                     the blood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dām
         the blood 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּחַ֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּחַ֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         the altar 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁחָה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁחָה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·ḥāh
                
                
                     and some of the anointing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4888 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) consecrated portion, anointing oil, portion, ointment, anointing portion <BR> 1a) ointment (used to consecrate by anointing) <BR> 1b) anointing portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·ḥāh
         and some of the anointing 
    
 
        
            וּמִשֶּׁ֣מֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִשֶּׁ֣מֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miš·še·men
                
                
                     oil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat, oil <BR> 1a) fat, fatness <BR> 1b) oil, olive oil <BR> 1b1) as staple, medicament or unguent <BR> 1b2) for anointing <BR> 1c) fat (of fruitful land, valleys) (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miš·še·men
         oil 
    
 
        
            וְהִזֵּיתָ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִזֵּיתָ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiz·zê·ṯā
                
                
                     and sprinkle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5137 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to spurt, spatter, sprinkle <BR> 1a) (Qal) to spurt, spatter <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to spurt, sprinkle upon <BR> 2) to spring, leap <BR> 2a) (Hiphil) to cause to leap, startle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiz·zê·ṯā
         and sprinkle 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     [it] on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         [it] on 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            בְּגָדָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּגָדָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḡā·ḏāw
                
                
                     and his garments , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḡā·ḏāw
         and his garments , 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     as well as on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         as well as on 
    
 
        
            בָּנָ֛יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָ֛יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         his sons 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בִּגְדֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּגְדֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biḡ·ḏê
                
                
                     and their garments . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biḡ·ḏê
         and their garments . 
    
 
        
            הוּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     Then he 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         Then he 
    
 
        
            וּבְגָדָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְגָדָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḡā·ḏāw
                
                
                     and his garments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḡā·ḏāw
         and his garments 
    
 
        
            וְקָדַ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָדַ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qā·ḏaš
                
                
                     will be consecrated , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qā·ḏaš
         will be consecrated , 
    
 
        
            בָנָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָנָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     as well as his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·nāw
         as well as his sons 
    
 
        
            אִתּ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתּ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּבָנָ֛יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָנָ֛יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and their 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·nāw
         and their 
    
 
        
            וּבִגְדֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִגְדֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇiḡ·ḏê
                
                
                     garments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇiḡ·ḏê
         garments 
    
 
        
            בָנָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָנָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·nāw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִתּֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתּֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tōw
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tōw
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Take the fat from the ram, the fat tail, the fat covering the entrails, the lobe of the liver, both kidneys with the fat on them, and the right thigh (since this is a ram for ordination),
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Take 
    
 
        
            הַחֵ֨לֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֵ֨לֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥê·leḇ
                
                
                     the fat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat <BR> 1a) fat (of humans) <BR> 1b) fat (of beasts)<BR> 1c) choicest, best part, abundance (of products of the land) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥê·leḇ
         the fat 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הָ֠אַיִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֠אַיִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’a·yil
                
                
                     the ram , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’a·yil
         the ram , 
    
 
        
            וְהָֽאַלְיָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָֽאַלְיָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·’al·yāh
                
                
                     the fat tail , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tail, fat-tail (of sheep-an Eastern delicacy) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·’al·yāh
         the fat tail , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַחֵ֣לֶב׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֵ֣לֶב׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥê·leḇ
                
                
                     the fat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat <BR> 1a) fat (of humans) <BR> 1b) fat (of beasts)<BR> 1c) choicest, best part, abundance (of products of the land) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥê·leḇ
         the fat 
    
 
        
            הַֽמְכַסֶּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמְכַסֶּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ḵas·seh
                
                
                     covering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, conceal, hide <BR> 1a) (Qal) conceal, covered (participle)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be covered <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cover, clothe <BR> 1c2) to cover, conceal <BR> 1c3) to cover (for protection) <BR> 1c4) to cover over, spread over <BR> 1c5) to cover, overwhelm <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be covered <BR> 1d2) to be clothed <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to cover oneself, clothe oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ḵas·seh
         covering 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַקֶּ֗רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקֶּ֗רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qe·reḇ
                
                
                     the entrails , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, among, inner part, middle <BR> 1a) inward part <BR> 1a1) physical sense <BR> 1a2) as seat of thought and emotion <BR> 1a3) as faculty of thought and emotion <BR> 1b) in the midst, among, from among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1c) entrails (of sacrificial animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qe·reḇ
         the entrails , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            יֹתֶ֤רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹתֶ֤רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·ṯe·reṯ
                
                
                     the lobe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3508 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appendage, overhang, protrusion, the caudate lobe of the liver of a sacrificial animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·ṯe·reṯ
         the lobe 
    
 
        
            הַכָּבֵד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכָּבֵד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kā·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     of the liver , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3516 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the liver <BR> 1a) the liver (as the heaviest organ) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kā·ḇêḏ
         of the liver , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֣ת׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֣ת׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     both 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         both 
    
 
        
            הַכְּלָיֹ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכְּלָיֹ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·lā·yōṯ
                
                
                     kidneys 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kidneys <BR> 1a) of physical organ (lit.) <BR> 1b) of seat of emotion and affection (fig.) <BR> 1c) of sacrificial animals <BR> 2) (TWOT) reins 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·lā·yōṯ
         kidneys 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         
    
 
        
            הַחֵ֙לֶב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֵ֙לֶב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥê·leḇ
                
                
                     with the fat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat <BR> 1a) fat (of humans) <BR> 1b) fat (of beasts)<BR> 1c) choicest, best part, abundance (of products of the land) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥê·leḇ
         with the fat 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵהֶ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵהֶ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hen
                
                
                     on them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hen
         on them , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הַיָּמִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּמִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yā·mîn
                
                
                     and the right 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3225 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand, right side <BR> 1a) right hand <BR> 1b) right (of direction) <BR> 1c) south (the direction of the right hand when facing East) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yā·mîn
         and the right 
    
 
        
            שׁ֣וֹק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שׁ֣וֹק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·wq
                
                
                     thigh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7785 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) leg, thigh <BR> 1a) of man; specifically the lower leg (calf) as opposed to the thigh <BR> 1b) of sacrificial animal; specifically the thigh, upper leg, hind leg, as the portion eaten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·wq
         thigh 
    
 
        
            כִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     (since 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         (since 
    
 
        
            הֽוּא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֽוּא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         this 
    
 
        
            אֵ֥יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֥יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êl
                
                
                     is a ram 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êl
         is a ram 
    
 
        
            מִלֻּאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלֻּאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lu·’îm
                
                
                     for ordination) , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4394 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) setting, installation <BR> 1a) setting, stones for setting <BR> 1b) installation (of priests) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lu·’îm
         for ordination) , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            along with one loaf of bread, one cake of bread made with oil, and one wafer from the basket of unleavened bread that is before the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַחַ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחַ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     along with one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥaṯ
         along with one 
    
 
        
            וְכִכַּ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכִכַּ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵik·kar
                
                
                     loaf 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3603 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) round <BR> 1a) a round district (environs of the Jordan valley) <BR> 1b) a round loaf (of bread) <BR> 1c) a round weight, talent (of gold, silver, bronze, iron) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵik·kar
         loaf 
    
 
        
            לֶ֜חֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶ֜חֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·ḥem
                
                
                     of bread , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bread, food, grain <BR> 1a) bread <BR> 1a1) bread <BR> 1a2) bread-corn <BR> 1b) food (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·ḥem
         of bread , 
    
 
        
            אַחַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥaṯ
         one 
    
 
        
            וַֽחַלַּ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽחַלַּ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥal·laṯ
                
                
                     cake 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cake, cake (if pierced) (probably perforated) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥal·laṯ
         cake 
    
 
        
            לֶ֥חֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶ֥חֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·ḥem
                
                
                     of bread 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bread, food, grain <BR> 1a) bread <BR> 1a1) bread <BR> 1a2) bread-corn <BR> 1b) food (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·ḥem
         of bread 
    
 
        
            שֶׁ֛מֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁ֛מֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    še·men
                
                
                     made with oil , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat, oil <BR> 1a) fat, fatness <BR> 1b) oil, olive oil <BR> 1b1) as staple, medicament or unguent <BR> 1b2) for anointing <BR> 1c) fat (of fruitful land, valleys) (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        še·men
         made with oil , 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     and one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         and one 
    
 
        
            וְרָקִ֣יק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרָקִ֣יק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rā·qîq
                
                
                     wafer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7550 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thin cake, wafer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rā·qîq
         wafer 
    
 
        
            מִסַּל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִסַּל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mis·sal
                
                
                     from the basket 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5536 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) basket 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mis·sal
         from the basket 
    
 
        
            הַמַּצּ֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּצּ֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·maṣ·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     of unleavened bread 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4682 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) unleavened (bread, cake), without leaven. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·maṣ·ṣō·wṯ
         of unleavened bread 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     is before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         is before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Put all these in the hands of Aaron and his sons and wave them before the LORD as a wave offering.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשַׂמְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשַׂמְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śam·tā
                
                
                     Put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śam·tā
         Put 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kōl
                
                
                     all these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kōl
         all these 
    
 
        
            עַ֚ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֚ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         in 
    
 
        
            כַּפֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּפֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kap·pê
                
                
                     the hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palm, hand, sole, palm of the hand, hollow or flat of the hand <BR> 1a) palm, hollow or flat of the hand <BR> 1b) power <BR> 1c) sole (of the foot) <BR> 1d) hollow, objects, bending objects, bent objects <BR> 1d1) of thigh-joint <BR> 1d2) pan, vessel (as hollow) <BR> 1d3) hollow (of sling) <BR> 1d4) hand-shaped branches or fronds (of palm trees) <BR> 1d5) handles (as bent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kap·pê
         the hands 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כַּפֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּפֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kap·pê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palm, hand, sole, palm of the hand, hollow or flat of the hand <BR> 1a) palm, hollow or flat of the hand <BR> 1b) power <BR> 1c) sole (of the foot) <BR> 1d) hollow, objects, bending objects, bent objects <BR> 1d1) of thigh-joint <BR> 1d2) pan, vessel (as hollow) <BR> 1d3) hollow (of sling) <BR> 1d4) hand-shaped branches or fronds (of palm trees) <BR> 1d5) handles (as bent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kap·pê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בָנָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָנָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            וְהֵנַפְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵנַפְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·nap̄·tā
                
                
                     and wave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to move to and fro, wave, besprinkle <BR> 1a) (Qal) to besprinkle, sprinkle<BR> 1b) (Polel) to wave, brandish (in threat) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to swing, wield, wave <BR> 1c1) to wield <BR> 1c2) to wave or shake (the hand) <BR> 1c2a) to wave (hand) <BR> 1c2b) to shake or brandish against <BR> 1c2c) to swing to and fro <BR> 1c3) to wave (an offering), offer <BR> 1c4) to shed abroad <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be waved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·nap̄·tā
         and wave 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            תְּנוּפָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּנוּפָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·nū·p̄āh
                
                
                     as a wave offering . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8573 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) swinging, waving, wave offering, offering <BR> 1a) a swinging, brandishing <BR> 1a1) of God's hand, weapons <BR> 1b) waving, wave-offering (technical term of sacrifice) <BR> 1c) offering (of gold or brass) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·nū·p̄āh
         as a wave offering . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then take them from their hands and burn them on the altar atop the burnt offering as a pleasing aroma before the LORD; it is a food offering to the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָקַחְתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקַחְתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Then take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Then take 
    
 
        
            אֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            מִיָּדָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיָּדָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·yā·ḏām
                
                
                     from their hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·yā·ḏām
         from their hands 
    
 
        
            וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiq·ṭar·tā
                
                
                     and burn them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6999 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to sacrifice, burn incense, burn sacrifices, make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1a2) to sacrifice <BR> 1b) (Pual) to smoke a sacrifice <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1c2) to cause incense to smoke, offer incense <BR> 1c3) to make smoke upon <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to smoke <BR> n m <BR> 2) incense <BR> n f <BR> 3) incense-altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiq·ṭar·tā
         and burn them 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·ḥāh
                
                
                     on the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·ḥāh
         on the altar 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     atop 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         atop 
    
 
        
            הָעֹלָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֹלָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ō·lāh
                
                
                     the burnt offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5930 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) whole burnt offering <BR> 2) ascent, stairway, steps 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ō·lāh
         the burnt offering 
    
 
        
            נִיח֙וֹחַ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִיח֙וֹחַ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nî·ḥō·w·aḥ
                
                
                     as a pleasing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5207 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) soothing, quieting, tranquillising 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nî·ḥō·w·aḥ
         as a pleasing 
    
 
        
            לְרֵ֤יחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְרֵ֤יחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·rê·aḥ
                
                
                     aroma 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7381 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scent, fragrance, aroma, odour <BR> 1a) scent, odour <BR> 1b) odour of soothing (technical term for sacrifice to God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·rê·aḥ
         aroma 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD ; 
    
 
        
            ה֖וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֖וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         it 
    
 
        
            אִשֶּׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִשֶּׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’iš·šeh
                
                
                     is an offering made by fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) burnt-offering, offering made by fire, fire offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’iš·šeh
         is an offering made by fire 
    
 
        
            לַיהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     to the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         to the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Take the breast of the ram of Aaron’s ordination and wave it before the LORD as a wave offering, and it will be your portion.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Take 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הֶֽחָזֶ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶֽחָזֶ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·ḥā·zeh
                
                
                     the breast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2373 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breast (of animals), breast of an animal sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·ḥā·zeh
         the breast 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵ֤יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵ֤יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êl
                
                
                     of the ram 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êl
         of the ram 
    
 
        
            לְאַהֲרֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַהֲרֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron’s 
    
 
        
            הַמִּלֻּאִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּלֻּאִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mil·lu·’îm
                
                
                     ordination 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4394 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) setting, installation <BR> 1a) setting, stones for setting <BR> 1b) installation (of priests) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mil·lu·’îm
         ordination 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            וְהֵנַפְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵנַפְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·nap̄·tā
                
                
                     and wave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to move to and fro, wave, besprinkle <BR> 1a) (Qal) to besprinkle, sprinkle<BR> 1b) (Polel) to wave, brandish (in threat) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to swing, wield, wave <BR> 1c1) to wield <BR> 1c2) to wave or shake (the hand) <BR> 1c2a) to wave (hand) <BR> 1c2b) to shake or brandish against <BR> 1c2c) to swing to and fro <BR> 1c3) to wave (an offering), offer <BR> 1c4) to shed abroad <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be waved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·nap̄·tā
         and wave 
    
 
        
            אֹת֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         it 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            תְּנוּפָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּנוּפָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·nū·p̄āh
                
                
                     as a wave offering , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8573 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) swinging, waving, wave offering, offering <BR> 1a) a swinging, brandishing <BR> 1a1) of God's hand, weapons <BR> 1b) waving, wave-offering (technical term of sacrifice) <BR> 1c) offering (of gold or brass) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·nū·p̄āh
         as a wave offering , 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     and it will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         and it will be 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     your 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         your 
    
 
        
            לְמָנָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמָנָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mā·nāh
                
                
                     portion . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4490 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) part, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mā·nāh
         portion . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Consecrate for Aaron and his sons the breast of the wave offering that is waved and the thigh of the heave offering that is lifted up from the ram of ordination.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ֞ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ֞ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qid·daš·tā
                
                
                     Consecrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qid·daš·tā
         Consecrate 
    
 
        
            אֵ֣ת׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֣ת׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            לְאַהֲרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַהֲרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     for Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’a·hă·rōn
         for Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּמֵאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֵאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mê·’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mê·’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            לְבָנָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבָנָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            חֲזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zêh
                
                
                     the breast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2373 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breast (of animals), breast of an animal sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zêh
         the breast 
    
 
        
            הַתְּנוּפָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַתְּנוּפָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hat·tə·nū·p̄āh
                
                
                     of the wave offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8573 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) swinging, waving, wave offering, offering <BR> 1a) a swinging, brandishing <BR> 1a1) of God's hand, weapons <BR> 1b) waving, wave-offering (technical term of sacrifice) <BR> 1c) offering (of gold or brass) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hat·tə·nū·p̄āh
         of the wave offering 
    
 
        
            וְאֵת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            הוּנַ֖ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוּנַ֖ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū·nap̄
                
                
                     is waved 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to move to and fro, wave, besprinkle <BR> 1a) (Qal) to besprinkle, sprinkle<BR> 1b) (Polel) to wave, brandish (in threat) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to swing, wield, wave <BR> 1c1) to wield <BR> 1c2) to wave or shake (the hand) <BR> 1c2a) to wave (hand) <BR> 1c2b) to shake or brandish against <BR> 1c2c) to swing to and fro <BR> 1c3) to wave (an offering), offer <BR> 1c4) to shed abroad <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be waved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū·nap̄
         is waved 
    
 
        
            שׁ֣וֹק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שׁ֣וֹק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·wq
                
                
                     and the thigh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7785 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) leg, thigh <BR> 1a) of man; specifically the lower leg (calf) as opposed to the thigh <BR> 1b) of sacrificial animal; specifically the thigh, upper leg, hind leg, as the portion eaten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·wq
         and the thigh 
    
 
        
            הַתְּרוּמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַתְּרוּמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hat·tə·rū·māh
                
                
                     of the heave offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) contribution, offering <BR> 1a) a heave offering <BR> 1b) any offering <BR> 1c) an offering to God <BR> 1d) an offering (of grain, money, etc) <BR> 1e) contribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hat·tə·rū·māh
         of the heave offering 
    
 
        
            וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            הוּרָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוּרָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū·rām
                
                
                     is lifted up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, rise up, be high, be lofty, be exalted <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be high, be set on high <BR> 1a2) to be raised, be uplifted, be exalted <BR> 1a3) to be lifted, rise <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to raise or rear (children), cause to grow up <BR> 1b2) to lift up, raise, exalt <BR> 1b3) to exalt, extol <BR> 1c) (Polal) to be lifted up <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to raise, lift, lift up, take up, set up, erect, exalt, set on high <BR> 1d2) to lift up (and take away), remove <BR> 1d3) to lift off and present, contribute, offer, contribute <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be taken off, be abolished <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) to exalt oneself, magnify oneself <BR> 2) (Qal) to be rotten, be wormy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū·rām
         is lifted up 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵיל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵיל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êl
                
                
                     from the ram 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êl
         from the ram 
    
 
        
            הַמִּלֻּאִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּלֻּאִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mil·lu·’îm
                
                
                     of ordination 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4394 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) setting, installation <BR> 1a) setting, stones for setting <BR> 1b) installation (of priests) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mil·lu·’îm
         of ordination 
    
 
        
            מֵאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ă·šer
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ă·šer
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This will belong to Aaron and his sons as a regular portion from the Israelites, for it is the heave offering the Israelites will make to the LORD from their peace offerings.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     This will belong to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         This will belong to 
    
 
        
            לְאַהֲרֹ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַהֲרֹ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּלְבָנָ֜יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְבָנָ֜יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            עוֹלָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹלָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     as a regular 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·w·lām
         as a regular 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְחָק־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחָק־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥāq-
                
                
                     portion 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2706 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, something prescribed, due <BR> 1a) prescribed task <BR> 1b) prescribed portion <BR> 1c) action prescribed (for oneself), resolve <BR> 1d) prescribed due <BR> 1e) prescribed limit, boundary <BR> 1f) enactment, decree, ordinance <BR> 1f1) specific decree <BR> 1f2) law in general <BR> 1g) enactments, statutes <BR> 1g1) conditions <BR> 1g2) enactments <BR> 1g3) decrees <BR> 1g4) civil enactments prescribed by God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥāq-
         portion 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     from the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         from the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         for 
    
 
        
            ה֑וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֑וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         it 
    
 
        
            תְרוּמָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְרוּמָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·rū·māh
                
                
                     is the heave offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) contribution, offering <BR> 1a) a heave offering <BR> 1b) any offering <BR> 1c) an offering to God <BR> 1d) an offering (of grain, money, etc) <BR> 1e) contribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·rū·māh
         is the heave offering 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         - 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּתְרוּמָ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְרוּמָ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·rū·māh
                
                
                     will make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) contribution, offering <BR> 1a) a heave offering <BR> 1b) any offering <BR> 1c) an offering to God <BR> 1d) an offering (of grain, money, etc) <BR> 1e) contribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·rū·māh
         will make 
    
 
        
            תְּרוּמָתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּרוּמָתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·rū·mā·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) contribution, offering <BR> 1a) a heave offering <BR> 1b) any offering <BR> 1c) an offering to God <BR> 1d) an offering (of grain, money, etc) <BR> 1e) contribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·rū·mā·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            לַיהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     to the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         to the LORD 
    
 
        
            שַׁלְמֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלְמֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·mê·hem
                
                
                     from their peace offerings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) peace offering, requital, sacrifice for alliance or friendship <BR> 1a) voluntary sacrifice of thanks 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·mê·hem
         from their peace offerings 
    
 
        
            מִזִּבְחֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזִּבְחֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·ziḇ·ḥê
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2077 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacrifice <BR> 1a) sacrifices of righteousness <BR> 1b) sacrifices of strife <BR> 1c) sacrifices to dead things <BR> 1d) the covenant sacrifice <BR> 1e) the passover <BR> 1f) annual sacrifice <BR> 1g) thank offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·ziḇ·ḥê
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The holy garments that belong to Aaron will belong to his sons after him, so they can be anointed and ordained in them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַקֹּ֙דֶשׁ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקֹּ֙דֶשׁ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     The holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qō·ḏeš
         The holy 
    
 
        
            וּבִגְדֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִגְדֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇiḡ·ḏê
                
                
                     garments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇiḡ·ḏê
         garments 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            לְאַהֲרֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַהֲרֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     belong to Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’a·hă·rōn
         belong to Aaron 
    
 
        
            יִהְי֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְי֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū
                
                
                     will belong 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū
         will belong 
    
 
        
            לְבָנָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבָנָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     to his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇā·nāw
         to his sons 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rāw
                
                
                     after him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rāw
         after him , 
    
 
        
            לְמָשְׁחָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמָשְׁחָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mā·šə·ḥāh
                
                
                     so they can be anointed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4888 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) consecrated portion, anointing oil, portion, ointment, anointing portion <BR> 1a) ointment (used to consecrate by anointing) <BR> 1b) anointing portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mā·šə·ḥāh
         so they can be anointed 
    
 
        
            בָהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·hem
         
    
 
        
            וּלְמַלֵּא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמַלֵּא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·mal·lê-
                
                
                     and ordained 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·mal·lê-
         and ordained 
    
 
        
            בָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇām
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇām
         
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָדָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏām
                
                
                     in them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏām
         in them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The son who succeeds him as priest and enters the Tent of Meeting to minister in the Holy Place must wear them for seven days.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִבָּנָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבָּנָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bā·nāw
                
                
                     The son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bā·nāw
         The son 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            תַּחְתָּ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּחְתָּ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taḥ·tāw
                
                
                     succeeds him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taḥ·tāw
         succeeds him 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     as priest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         as priest 
    
 
        
            יָבֹ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָבֹ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḇō
                
                
                     and enters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḇō
         and enters 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֹ֥הֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֥הֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel
                
                
                     the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel
         the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting 
    
 
        
            לְשָׁרֵ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשָׁרֵ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šā·rêṯ
                
                
                     to minister 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to minister, serve, minister to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šā·rêṯ
         to minister 
    
 
        
            בַּקֹּֽדֶשׁ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּקֹּֽדֶשׁ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baq·qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     in the Holy [Place] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baq·qō·ḏeš
         in the Holy [Place] 
    
 
        
            יִלְבָּשָׁ֧ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִלְבָּשָׁ֧ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yil·bā·šām
                
                
                     must wear them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3847 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dress, wear, clothe, put on clothing, be clothed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put on clothes, be clothed, wear <BR> 1a2) to put on, be clothed with (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be fully clothed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to clothe, array with, dress 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yil·bā·šām
         must wear them 
    
 
        
            שִׁבְעַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘aṯ
                
                
                     for seven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘aṯ
         for seven 
    
 
        
            יָמִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָמִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·mîm
                
                
                     days . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·mîm
         days . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are to take the ram of ordination and boil its flesh in a holy place.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבִשַּׁלְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִשַּׁלְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇiš·šal·tā
                
                
                     and boil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to boil, cook, bake, roast, ripen, grow ripe <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to boil, cook <BR> 1a2) to grow ripe, ripen<BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to boil <BR> 1b2) to cook <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be boiled <BR> 1c2) to be sodden <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to ripen <BR> 1d2) ripen, brought to ripeness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇiš·šal·tā
         and boil 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּשָׂר֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשָׂר֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·śā·rōw
                
                
                     its flesh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·śā·rōw
         its flesh 
    
 
        
            קָדֹֽשׁ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָדֹֽשׁ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏōš
                
                
                     in a holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6918 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacred, holy, Holy One, saint, set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏōš
         in a holy 
    
 
        
            בְּמָקֹ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמָקֹ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mā·qōm
                
                
                     place . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mā·qōm
         place . 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֛ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֛ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            תִּקָּ֑ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּקָּ֑ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiq·qāḥ
                
                
                     You are to take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiq·qāḥ
         You are to take 
    
 
        
            אֵ֥יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֥יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êl
                
                
                     the ram 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êl
         the ram 
    
 
        
            הַמִּלֻּאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּלֻּאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mil·lu·’îm
                
                
                     of ordination 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4394 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) setting, installation <BR> 1a) setting, stones for setting <BR> 1b) installation (of priests) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mil·lu·’îm
         of ordination 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At the entrance to the Tent of Meeting, Aaron and his sons are to eat the meat of the ram and the bread that is in the basket.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פֶּ֖תַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֶּ֖תַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pe·ṯaḥ
                
                
                     At the entrance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) opening, doorway, entrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pe·ṯaḥ
         At the entrance 
    
 
        
            אֹ֥הֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֥הֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel
                
                
                     to the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel
         to the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting , 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּבָנָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָנָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאָכַ֨ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָכַ֨ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·ḵal
                
                
                     are to eat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour, burn up, feed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to eat (human subject) <BR> 1a2) to eat, devour (of beasts and birds) <BR> 1a3) to devour, consume (of fire) <BR> 1a4) to devour, slay (of sword) <BR> 1a5) to devour, consume, destroy (inanimate subjects - ie, pestilence, drought) <BR> 1a6) to devour (of oppression) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be eaten (by men) <BR> 1b2) to be devoured, consumed (of fire) <BR> 1b3) to be wasted, destroyed (of flesh) <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to cause to eat, feed with <BR> 1c2) to cause to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to feed <BR> 1d2) to cause to eat <BR> 1e) (Piel) <BR> 1e1) consume 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·ḵal
         are to eat 
    
 
        
            בְּשַׂ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשַׂ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·śar
                
                
                     the meat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·śar
         the meat 
    
 
        
            הָאַ֔יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאַ֔יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’a·yil
                
                
                     of the ram 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’a·yil
         of the ram 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַלֶּ֖חֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלֶּ֖חֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·le·ḥem
                
                
                     and the bread 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bread, food, grain <BR> 1a) bread <BR> 1a1) bread <BR> 1a2) bread-corn <BR> 1b) food (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·le·ḥem
         and the bread 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that [is] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that [is] 
    
 
        
            בַּסָּ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּסָּ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bas·sāl
                
                
                     in the basket . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5536 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) basket 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bas·sāl
         in the basket . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They must eat those things by which atonement was made for their ordination and consecration. But no outsider may eat them, because these things are sacred.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאָכְל֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָכְל֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·ḵə·lū
                
                
                     They must eat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour, burn up, feed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to eat (human subject) <BR> 1a2) to eat, devour (of beasts and birds) <BR> 1a3) to devour, consume (of fire) <BR> 1a4) to devour, slay (of sword) <BR> 1a5) to devour, consume, destroy (inanimate subjects - ie, pestilence, drought) <BR> 1a6) to devour (of oppression) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be eaten (by men) <BR> 1b2) to be devoured, consumed (of fire) <BR> 1b3) to be wasted, destroyed (of flesh) <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to cause to eat, feed with <BR> 1c2) to cause to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to feed <BR> 1d2) to cause to eat <BR> 1e) (Piel) <BR> 1e1) consume 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·ḵə·lū
         They must eat 
    
 
        
            אֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     those things by which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         those things by which 
    
 
        
            כֻּפַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֻּפַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kup·par
                
                
                     atonement was made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Pual - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, purge, make an atonement, make reconciliation, cover over with pitch <BR> 1a) (Qal) to coat or cover with pitch <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to cover over, pacify, propitiate <BR> 1b2) to cover over, atone for sin, make atonement for <BR> 1b3) to cover over, atone for sin and persons by legal rites <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be covered over <BR> 1c2) to make atonement for <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to be covered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kup·par
         atonement was made 
    
 
        
            בָּהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hem
         
    
 
        
            לְמַלֵּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלֵּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·lê
                
                
                     for their ordination 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·lê
         for their ordination 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָדָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏām
         - 
    
 
        
            לְקַדֵּ֣שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקַדֵּ֣שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qad·dêš
                
                
                     and consecration . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qad·dêš
         and consecration . 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            לֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     But no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         But no 
    
 
        
            וְזָ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזָ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zār
                
                
                     outsider 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2114 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be strange, be a stranger <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become estranged <BR> 1a2) strange, another, stranger, foreigner, an enemy (participle) <BR> 1a3) loathsome (of breath) (participle) <BR> 1a4) strange woman, prostitute, harlot (meton) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be estranged <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be a stranger, be one alienated 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zār
         outsider 
    
 
        
            יֹאכַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹאכַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·ḵal
                
                
                     may eat them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour, burn up, feed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to eat (human subject) <BR> 1a2) to eat, devour (of beasts and birds) <BR> 1a3) to devour, consume (of fire) <BR> 1a4) to devour, slay (of sword) <BR> 1a5) to devour, consume, destroy (inanimate subjects - ie, pestilence, drought) <BR> 1a6) to devour (of oppression) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be eaten (by men) <BR> 1b2) to be devoured, consumed (of fire) <BR> 1b3) to be wasted, destroyed (of flesh) <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to cause to eat, feed with <BR> 1c2) to cause to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to feed <BR> 1d2) to cause to eat <BR> 1e) (Piel) <BR> 1e1) consume 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·ḵal
         may eat them , 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         because 
    
 
        
            הֵֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm
         these 
    
 
        
            קֹ֥דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹ֥דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     things are sacred . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·ḏeš
         things are sacred . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And if any of the meat of ordination or any bread is left until the morning, you are to burn up the remainder. It must not be eaten, because it is sacred.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְֽאִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְֽאִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’im-
                
                
                     And if 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’im-
         And if 
    
 
        
            וּמִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min-
                
                
                     any of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min-
         any of 
    
 
        
            מִבְּשַׂ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבְּשַׂ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bə·śar
                
                
                     the meat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bə·śar
         the meat 
    
 
        
            הַמִּלֻּאִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּלֻּאִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mil·lu·’îm
                
                
                     of ordination 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4394 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) setting, installation <BR> 1a) setting, stones for setting <BR> 1b) installation (of priests) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mil·lu·’îm
         of ordination 
    
 
        
            הַלֶּ֖חֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלֶּ֖חֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·le·ḥem
                
                
                     or any bread 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bread, food, grain <BR> 1a) bread <BR> 1a1) bread <BR> 1a2) bread-corn <BR> 1b) food (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·le·ḥem
         or any bread 
    
 
        
            יִוָּתֵ֞ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִוָּתֵ֞ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiw·wā·ṯêr
                
                
                     is left 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiw·wā·ṯêr
         is left 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         until 
    
 
        
            הַבֹּ֑קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבֹּ֑קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bō·qer
                
                
                     the morning , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bō·qer
         the morning , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׂרַפְתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׂרַפְתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śā·rap̄·tā
                
                
                     you are to burn up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8313 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to burn <BR> 1a) (Qal) to burn <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be burned <BR> 1c) (Piel) burner, burning (participle) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be burnt up, be burned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śā·rap̄·tā
         you are to burn up 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בָּאֵ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאֵ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’êš
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’êš
         - 
    
 
        
            הַנּוֹתָר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯār
                
                
                     the remainder . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯār
         the remainder . 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     It must not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         It must not 
    
 
        
            יֵאָכֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵאָכֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·’ā·ḵêl
                
                
                     be eaten , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour, burn up, feed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to eat (human subject) <BR> 1a2) to eat, devour (of beasts and birds) <BR> 1a3) to devour, consume (of fire) <BR> 1a4) to devour, slay (of sword) <BR> 1a5) to devour, consume, destroy (inanimate subjects - ie, pestilence, drought) <BR> 1a6) to devour (of oppression) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be eaten (by men) <BR> 1b2) to be devoured, consumed (of fire) <BR> 1b3) to be wasted, destroyed (of flesh) <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to cause to eat, feed with <BR> 1c2) to cause to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to feed <BR> 1d2) to cause to eat <BR> 1e) (Piel) <BR> 1e1) consume 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·’ā·ḵêl
         be eaten , 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         because 
    
 
        
            הֽוּא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֽוּא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         it 
    
 
        
            קֹ֥דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹ֥דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     is sacred . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·ḏeš
         is sacred . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what you are to do for Aaron and his sons based on all that I have commanded you, taking seven days to ordain them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּ֔כָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּ֔כָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·ḵāh
                
                
                     This is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3602 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) like this, thus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·ḵāh
         This is what 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֜יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֜יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     you are to do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         you are to do 
    
 
        
            לְאַהֲרֹ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַהֲרֹ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     for Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’a·hă·rōn
         for Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּלְבָנָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְבָנָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            כְּכֹ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּכֹ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḵōl
                
                
                     based on all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḵōl
         based on all 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         that 
    
 
        
            צִוִּ֖יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוִּ֖יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wî·ṯî
                
                
                     I have commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wî·ṯî
         I have commanded 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֑כָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֑כָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯā·ḵāh
                
                
                     you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯā·ḵāh
         you , 
    
 
        
            שִׁבְעַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘aṯ
                
                
                     taking seven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘aṯ
         taking seven 
    
 
        
            יָמִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָמִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·mîm
                
                
                     days 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·mîm
         days 
    
 
        
            תְּמַלֵּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּמַלֵּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·mal·lê
                
                
                     to ordain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·mal·lê
         to ordain 
    
 
        
            יָדָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏām
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏām
         them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Sacrifice a bull as a sin offering each day for atonement. Purify the altar by making atonement for it, and anoint it to consecrate it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     Sacrifice 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         Sacrifice 
    
 
        
            וּפַ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפַ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ar
                
                
                     a bull 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ar
         a bull 
    
 
        
            חַטָּ֜את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַטָּ֜את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaṭ·ṭāṯ
                
                
                     as a sin offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sin, sinful<BR> 2) sin, sin offering <BR> 2a) sin <BR> 2b) condition of sin, guilt of sin <BR> 2c) punishment for sin <BR> 2d) sin-offering <BR> 2e) purification from sins of ceremonial uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaṭ·ṭāṯ
         as a sin offering 
    
 
        
            לַיּוֹם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיּוֹם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lay·yō·wm
                
                
                     each day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lay·yō·wm
         each day 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         for 
    
 
        
            הַכִּפֻּרִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכִּפֻּרִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kip·pu·rîm
                
                
                     atonement . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) atonement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kip·pu·rîm
         atonement . 
    
 
        
            וְחִטֵּאתָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחִטֵּאתָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥiṭ·ṭê·ṯā
                
                
                     Purify 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sin, miss, miss the way, go wrong, incur guilt, forfeit, purify from uncleanness <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to miss <BR> 1a2) to sin, miss the goal or path of right and duty <BR> 1a3) to incur guilt, incur penalty by sin, forfeit <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to bear loss <BR> 1b2) to make a sin-offering <BR> 1b3) to purify from sin <BR> 1b4) to purify from uncleanness <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to miss the mark <BR> 1c2) to induce to sin, cause to sin <BR> 1c3) to bring into guilt or condemnation or punishment <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to miss oneself, lose oneself, wander from the way <BR> 1d2) to purify oneself from uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥiṭ·ṭê·ṯā
         Purify 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         the altar 
    
 
        
            בְּכַפֶּרְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכַפֶּרְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵap·per·ḵā
                
                
                     by making atonement 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, purge, make an atonement, make reconciliation, cover over with pitch <BR> 1a) (Qal) to coat or cover with pitch <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to cover over, pacify, propitiate <BR> 1b2) to cover over, atone for sin, make atonement for <BR> 1b3) to cover over, atone for sin and persons by legal rites <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be covered over <BR> 1c2) to make atonement for <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to be covered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵap·per·ḵā
         by making atonement 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     for it , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         for it , 
    
 
        
            וּמָֽשַׁחְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָֽשַׁחְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·šaḥ·tā
                
                
                     and anoint 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4886 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to smear, anoint, spread a liquid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to smear <BR> 1a2) to anoint (as consecration) <BR> 1a3) to anoint, consecrate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be anointed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·šaḥ·tā
         and anoint 
    
 
        
            אֹת֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         it 
    
 
        
            לְקַדְּשֽׁוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקַדְּשֽׁוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qad·də·šōw
                
                
                     to consecrate it . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qad·də·šōw
         to consecrate it . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For seven days you shall make atonement for the altar and consecrate it. Then the altar will become most holy; whatever touches the altar will be holy.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שִׁבְעַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘aṯ
                
                
                     For seven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘aṯ
         For seven 
    
 
        
            יָמִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָמִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·mîm
                
                
                     days 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·mîm
         days 
    
 
        
            תְּכַפֵּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּכַפֵּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḵap·pêr
                
                
                     you shall make atonement 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, purge, make an atonement, make reconciliation, cover over with pitch <BR> 1a) (Qal) to coat or cover with pitch <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to cover over, pacify, propitiate <BR> 1b2) to cover over, atone for sin, make atonement for <BR> 1b3) to cover over, atone for sin and persons by legal rites <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be covered over <BR> 1c2) to make atonement for <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to be covered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḵap·pêr
         you shall make atonement 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         for 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         the altar 
    
 
        
            וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qid·daš·tā
                
                
                     and consecrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qid·daš·tā
         and consecrate 
    
 
        
            אֹת֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     it . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         it . 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     Then the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         Then the altar 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     will become 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         will become 
    
 
        
            קֹ֣דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹ֣דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     most holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·ḏeš
         most holy 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·šîm
                
                
                     . . . ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·šîm
         . . . ; 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     whatever 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         whatever 
    
 
        
            הַנֹּגֵ֥עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנֹּגֵ֥עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·ḡê·a‘
                
                
                     touches 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5060 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to touch, reach, strike <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to touch <BR> 1a2) to strike <BR> 1a3) to reach, extend to <BR> 1a4) to be stricken <BR> 1a4a) stricken (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stricken, be defeated <BR> 1c) (Piel) to strike <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be stricken (by disease) <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to touch, reach, approach, arrive <BR> 1e1) to cause to touch, apply <BR> 1e2) to reach, extend, attain, arrive, come <BR> 1e3) to approach (of time) <BR> 1e4) to befall (of fate) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·ḡê·a‘
         touches 
    
 
        
            בַּמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·miz·bê·aḥ
         the altar 
    
 
        
            יִקְדָּֽשׁ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקְדָּֽשׁ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·dāš
                
                
                     will be holy . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·dāš
         will be holy . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what you are to offer regularly on the altar, each day: two lambs that are a year old.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְזֶ֕ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזֶ֕ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zeh
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zeh
         This 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         is what 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     you are to offer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         you are to offer 
    
 
        
            תָּמִֽיד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּמִֽיד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·mîḏ
                
                
                     regularly 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuity, perpetuity, to stretch <BR> 1a) continually, continuously (as adverb) <BR> 1b) continuity (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·mîḏ
         regularly 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     the altar , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         the altar , 
    
 
        
            לַיּ֖וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיּ֖וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lay·yō·wm
                
                
                     each day : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lay·yō·wm
         each day : 
    
 
        
            שְׁנַ֥יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנַ֥יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·na·yim
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - md 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·na·yim
         two 
    
 
        
            כְּבָשִׂ֧ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּבָשִׂ֧ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḇā·śîm
                
                
                     lambs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamb, sheep, young ram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḇā·śîm
         lambs 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     [that are] a year old 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         [that are] a year old 
    
 
        
            שָׁנָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nāh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nāh
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Offer one lamb in the morning and the other at twilight.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     Offer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         Offer 
    
 
        
            הָאֶחָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶחָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            הַכֶּ֥בֶשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֶּ֥בֶשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·ke·ḇeś
                
                
                     lamb 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamb, sheep, young ram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·ke·ḇeś
         lamb 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בַבֹּ֑קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַבֹּ֑קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇab·bō·qer
                
                
                     in the morning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇab·bō·qer
         in the morning 
    
 
        
            וְאֵת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nî
                
                
                     and the other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nî
         and the other 
    
 
        
            הַכֶּ֣בֶשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֶּ֣בֶשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·ke·ḇeś
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamb, sheep, young ram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·ke·ḇeś
         - 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         - 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         at 
    
 
        
            הָעַרְבָּֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעַרְבָּֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ar·bā·yim
                
                
                     twilight . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - md 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ar·bā·yim
         twilight . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            With the first lamb offer a tenth of an ephah of fine flour, mixed with a quarter hin of oil from pressed olives, and a drink offering of a quarter hin of wine.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָאֶחָֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶחָֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     With the first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāḏ
         With the first 
    
 
        
            לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lak·ke·ḇeś
                
                
                     lamb 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamb, sheep, young ram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lak·ke·ḇeś
         lamb 
    
 
        
            וְעִשָּׂרֹ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִשָּׂרֹ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘iś·śā·rōn
                
                
                     [offer] a tenth [of an ephah] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6241 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tenth part, tithe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘iś·śā·rōn
         [offer] a tenth [of an ephah] 
    
 
        
            סֹ֜לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סֹ֜לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·leṯ
                
                
                     of fine flour , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fine flour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·leṯ
         of fine flour , 
    
 
        
            בָּל֨וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּל֨וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lūl
                
                
                     mixed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to mix, mingle, confuse, confound <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to mingle, confuse <BR> 1a2) to mix <BR> 1a3) to give provender, feed (animals) <BR> 1b) (Hithpoel) to mix oneself (among others) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to fade away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lūl
         mixed 
    
 
        
            רֶ֣בַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֣בַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·ḇa‘
                
                
                     with a quarter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7253 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth part, four sides <BR> 1a) fourth part <BR> 1b) four sides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·ḇa‘
         with a quarter 
    
 
        
            הַהִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַהִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hîn
                
                
                     hin 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hin <BR> 1a) a unit of measure, about 5 quarts (6 l) <BR> 1b) a vessel holding a hin of liquid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hîn
         hin 
    
 
        
            בְּשֶׁ֤מֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשֶׁ֤מֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·še·men
                
                
                     of oil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat, oil <BR> 1a) fat, fatness <BR> 1b) oil, olive oil <BR> 1b1) as staple, medicament or unguent <BR> 1b2) for anointing <BR> 1c) fat (of fruitful land, valleys) (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·še·men
         of oil 
    
 
        
            כָּתִית֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּתִית֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·ṯîṯ
                
                
                     from pressed [olives] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3795 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beaten out, pure, pounded fine (in a mortar), costly <BR> 1a) of olive oil 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·ṯîṯ
         from pressed [olives] , 
    
 
        
            וְנֵ֕סֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֵ֕סֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nê·seḵ
                
                
                     and a drink offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5262 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) drink offering, libation, molten image, something poured out <BR> 1a) drink offering <BR> 1b) molten images 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nê·seḵ
         and a drink offering 
    
 
        
            רְבִעִ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבִעִ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇi·‘îṯ
                
                
                     of a quarter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7243 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth <BR> 1a) fourth <BR> 1b) four square <BR> 1c) fourth part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇi·‘îṯ
         of a quarter 
    
 
        
            הַהִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַהִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hîn
                
                
                     hin 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hin <BR> 1a) a unit of measure, about 5 quarts (6 l) <BR> 1b) a vessel holding a hin of liquid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hîn
         hin 
    
 
        
            יָ֑יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָ֑יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·yin
                
                
                     of wine . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·yin
         of wine . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And offer the second lamb at twilight with the same grain offering and drink offering as in the morning, as a pleasing aroma, a food offering to the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֵת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     And 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         And 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     offer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         offer 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nî
                
                
                     the second 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nî
         the second 
    
 
        
            הַכֶּ֣בֶשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֶּ֣בֶשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·ke·ḇeś
                
                
                     lamb 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamb, sheep, young ram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·ke·ḇeś
         lamb 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         at 
    
 
        
            הָעַרְבָּ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעַרְבָּ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ar·bā·yim
                
                
                     twilight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - md 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6153 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) evening, night, sunset <BR> 1a) evening, sunset <BR> 1b) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ar·bā·yim
         twilight 
    
 
        
            תַּֽעֲשֶׂה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּֽעֲשֶׂה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh-
         with 
    
 
        
            לָּ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָּ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāh
                
                
                     the same 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāh
         the same 
    
 
        
            כְּמִנְחַ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּמִנְחַ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·min·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     grain offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4503 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift, tribute, offering, present, oblation, sacrifice, meat offering <BR> 1a) gift, present <BR> 1b) tribute <BR> 1c) offering (to God) <BR> 1d) grain offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·min·ḥaṯ
         grain offering 
    
 
        
            וּכְנִסְכָּהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְנִסְכָּהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·nis·kāh
                
                
                     and drink offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5262 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) drink offering, libation, molten image, something poured out <BR> 1a) drink offering <BR> 1b) molten images 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·nis·kāh
         and drink offering 
    
 
        
            הַבֹּ֤קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבֹּ֤קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bō·qer
                
                
                     as in the morning , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bō·qer
         as in the morning , 
    
 
        
            נִיחֹ֔חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִיחֹ֔חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nî·ḥō·aḥ
                
                
                     as a pleasing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5207 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) soothing, quieting, tranquillising 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nî·ḥō·aḥ
         as a pleasing 
    
 
        
            לְרֵ֣יחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְרֵ֣יחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·rê·aḥ
                
                
                     aroma , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7381 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scent, fragrance, aroma, odour <BR> 1a) scent, odour <BR> 1b) odour of soothing (technical term for sacrifice to God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·rê·aḥ
         aroma , 
    
 
        
            אִשֶּׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִשֶּׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’iš·šeh
                
                
                     an offering made by fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) burnt-offering, offering made by fire, fire offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’iš·šeh
         an offering made by fire 
    
 
        
            לַיהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     to the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         to the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For the generations to come, this burnt offering shall be made regularly at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting before the LORD, where I will meet you to speak with you.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏō·rō·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     For the generations to come , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) period, generation, habitation, dwelling <BR> 1a) period, age, generation (period of time) <BR> 1b) generation (those living during a period) <BR> 1c) generation (characterised by quality, condition, class of men) <BR> 1d) dwelling-place, habitation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏō·rō·ṯê·ḵem
         For the generations to come , 
    
 
        
            עֹלַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹלַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·laṯ
                
                
                     this burnt offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5930 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) whole burnt offering <BR> 2) ascent, stairway, steps 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·laṯ
         this burnt offering 
    
 
        
            תָּמִיד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּמִיד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·mîḏ
                
                
                     shall be made regularly 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuity, perpetuity, to stretch <BR> 1a) continually, continuously (as adverb) <BR> 1b) continuity (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·mîḏ
         shall be made regularly 
    
 
        
            פֶּ֥תַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֶּ֥תַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pe·ṯaḥ
                
                
                     at the entrance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) opening, doorway, entrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pe·ṯaḥ
         at the entrance 
    
 
        
            אֹֽהֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹֽהֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel-
                
                
                     to the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel-
         to the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     where 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         where 
    
 
        
            אִוָּעֵ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִוָּעֵ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’iw·wā·‘êḏ
                
                
                     I will meet 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fix, appoint, assemble, meet, set, betroth<BR> 1a)(Qal) to appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to meet <BR> 1b2) to meet by appointment <BR> 1b3) to gather, assemble by appointment <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be set, be placed before, be fixed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’iw·wā·‘êḏ
         I will meet 
    
 
        
            לָכֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         you 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֔מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֔מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām·māh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām·māh
         - 
    
 
        
            לְדַבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדַבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     to speak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏab·bêr
         to speak 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     with you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         with you 
    
 
        
            שָֽׁם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָֽׁם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will also meet with the Israelites there, and that place will be consecrated by My glory.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנֹעַדְתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֹעַדְתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō·‘aḏ·tî
                
                
                     I will also meet 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fix, appoint, assemble, meet, set, betroth<BR> 1a)(Qal) to appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to meet <BR> 1b2) to meet by appointment <BR> 1b3) to gather, assemble by appointment <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be set, be placed before, be fixed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō·‘aḏ·tî
         I will also meet 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     with the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         with the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֖מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֖מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām·māh
                
                
                     there , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām·māh
         there , 
    
 
        
            וְנִקְדַּ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִקְדַּ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niq·daš
                
                
                     and that place will be consecrated 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niq·daš
         and that place will be consecrated 
    
 
        
            בִּכְבֹדִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּכְבֹדִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biḵ·ḇō·ḏî
                
                
                     by My glory . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) glory, honour, glorious, abundance <BR> 1a) abundance, riches <BR> 1b) honour, splendour, glory <BR> 1c) honour, dignity <BR> 1d) honour, reputation <BR> 1e) honour, reverence, glory <BR> 1f) glory 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biḵ·ḇō·ḏî
         by My glory . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So I will consecrate the Tent of Meeting and the altar, and I will consecrate Aaron and his sons to serve Me as priests.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְקִדַּשְׁתִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִדַּשְׁתִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qid·daš·tî
                
                
                     So I will consecrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qid·daš·tî
         So I will consecrate 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֹ֥הֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֥הֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel
                
                
                     the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel
         the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     and the altar , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         and the altar , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲקַדֵּ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲקַדֵּ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·qad·dêš
                
                
                     and I will consecrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·qad·dêš
         and I will consecrate 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֧ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֧ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בָּנָ֛יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָ֛יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            לְכַהֵ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכַהֵ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵa·hên
                
                
                     to serve Me as priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act as a priest, minister in a priest's office <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to minister as a priest, serve as a priest <BR> 1a2) to be or become a priest <BR> 1a3) to play the priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵa·hên
         to serve Me as priests 
    
 
        
            לִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then I will dwell among the Israelites and be their God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשָׁ֣כַנְתִּ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁ֣כַנְתִּ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·ḵan·tî
                
                
                     Then I will dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to settle down, abide, dwell, tabernacle, reside <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to settle down to abide <BR> 1a2) to abide, dwell, reside <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make settle down, establish <BR> 1b2) to make or cause to dwell <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to lay, place, set, establish, settle, fix <BR> 1c2) to cause to dwell or abide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·ḵan·tî
         Then I will dwell 
    
 
        
            בְּת֖וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֖וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         among 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְהָיִ֥יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיִ֥יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yî·ṯî
                
                
                     and be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yî·ṯî
         and be 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     their 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         their 
    
 
        
            לֵאלֹהִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאלֹהִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lō·hîm
         God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And they will know that I am the LORD their God, who brought them out of the land of Egypt so that I might dwell among them. I am the LORD their God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְיָדְע֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     And they will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         And they will know 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            הוֹצֵ֧אתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹצֵ֧אתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·ṣê·ṯî
                
                
                     brought them out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·ṣê·ṯî
         brought them out 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            מֵאֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     of the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’e·reṣ
         of the land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            לְשָׁכְנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשָׁכְנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šā·ḵə·nî
                
                
                     so that I might dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to settle down, abide, dwell, tabernacle, reside <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to settle down to abide <BR> 1a2) to abide, dwell, reside <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make settle down, establish <BR> 1b2) to make or cause to dwell <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to lay, place, set, establish, settle, fix <BR> 1c2) to cause to dwell or abide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šā·ḵə·nî
         so that I might dwell 
    
 
        
            בְתוֹכָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְתוֹכָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ṯō·w·ḵām
                
                
                     among them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ṯō·w·ḵām
         among them . 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽם׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽם׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God . [’’] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God . [’’]